IPS-E-PR-880(1)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
0
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫ ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS ) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser:
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a
part of contract documents.
Vendor And Supplier:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
Shall:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will:
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
1
ENGINEERING STANDARD
FOR
PROCESS DESIGN
OF
GAS (VAPOR)-LIQUID SEPARATORS
FIRST REVISION
JANUARY 2010
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-(‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫دي‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
2
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
CONTENTS :
Page
No
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
: ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
4 .............................................................................. ‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
0. INTRODUCTION .....................................................4
5 .................................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE ..........................................................................5
5 ............................................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES...........................................................5
6 ............................................................ ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...........6
6 ........................................................... ‫ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ه‬1-3
3.1 Coalescer ...............................................................6
6 ........................................................... ‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ‬2-3
3.2 Control Volume ...................................................6
6 ........................ ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬3-3
3.3 Conventional Gas-Liquid Separator ............6
7 ........................................................ ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬4-3
3.4 Disengaging Height ............................................7
7 ...................................................... ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اي‬5-3
3.5 Fabric Filter .........................................................7
7 .................................................... ‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬6-3
3.6 Flash Tank ............................................................7
7 ................................................................ ‫ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬7-3
3.7 Hold-Up Time ......................................................7
7 .................................................................‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬8-3
3.8 Knock-Out ............................................................7
7 ............................................................ ‫ آﺑﭽﻜﺎن ﺧﻂ‬9-3
3.9 Line Drip ...............................................................7
7 ........................ (‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ )اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬10-3
3.10 Demister( Mist Extractor).............................7
8 ............................................................... ‫ ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬11-3
3.11 Scrubber ..............................................................8
8 ................................................................ ‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬12-3
3.12 Slug Catcher.......................................................8
8 ............................................................ ‫ ﺑﺎزده ﻫﺪف‬13-3
3.13 Target Efficiency ..............................................8
8 .............................‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻘﻮط‬14-3
3.14 Terminal Velocity or Drop-Out Velocity..8
8 ............................................................ ‫ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬15-3
3.15 Vapor Space .......................................................8
8 ...................................... ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز‬16-3
3.16 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure ..8
8 ....................................................... ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬17-3
3.17 Operating Pressure ..........................................8
1
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
8 ................................................................ ‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬18-3
3.18 Corrosion ............................................................8
8 ..................................................... ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4
4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ................8
10 ............................................................................‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
5. UNITS ...........................................................................10
10 ............................................................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6. GENERAL ...................................................................10
11 .......................................‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬1-6
6.1 Gas-Liquid Separators......................................11
11 .......................................... ‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬2-6
6.2 Separation Mechanisms ...................................11
12 ................. ‫ ﻧﻜﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-6
6.3 General Notes on Separator Piping ..............12
13 .................................................... ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-6
6.4 Separator Material .............................................13
14 ................................ ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬-7
7.CONVENTIONAL GAS/LIQUID
SEPARATORS ............................................................14
14 ..................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.1 General ...................................................................14
14 ................................................... ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-7
7.2 Design Criteria ....................................................14
27 ....................................................... ‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-7
7.3 Specification Sheet .............................................27
28 ....................................... ‫ ﮔﺎز‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬4-7
7.4 Oil/Gas Separators .............................................28
31 .........................‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﮔﺎز‬-8
8. CENTRIFUGAL GAS/LIQUID
SEPARATORS ………………………………..31
31 ..................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.1 General ...................................................................31
31 ...................................... ‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬2-8
8.2 Cyclone Separators ............................................31
35 ................................................. ‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬-9
9. FLARE KNOCK-OUT DRUMS ..........................35
35 .....................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.1 General ...................................................................35
36 ................................................... ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-9
9.2 Design Criteria ....................................................36
36 .................................. ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺎز‬-10
10. GAS/LIQUID FILTER SEPARATORS .........36
36 .....................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.1 General ................................................................36
2
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺩﻱ‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
39................................................... ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬2-10
10.2 Design Criteria ..................................................39
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDICES:
42 ................................................................ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬
APPENDIX A ..................................................................42
43.......... ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
APPENDIX B TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL
GAS-LIQUID SEPARATORS ...43
44............................................................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺝ‬
APPENDIX C ..................................................................44
45................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
APPENDIX D VANE TYPE MIST
EXTRACTOR ...................................45
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
47............................................... ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁﻱ‬
APPENDIX E TYPICAL CYCLONE
SEPARATORS AND SKETCH OF
MULTI-CYCLONE SEPARATOR
AND A CONICAL CYCLONE
SEPARATOR ....................................47
50.............................................................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
APPENDIX F ..................................................................50
51.............................................................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺯ‬
APPENDIX G..................................................................51
3
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
0. INTRODUCTION
‫"ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ" ﮔﺴﺘﺮده و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه از‬.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ وﻳﮋه ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
:‫اﻳﻦ ﮔﺮوه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
"Process Design of Separators" is broad and
contains various subjects of paramount
importance. Therefore a group of Process
Engineering Standard specifications are prepared
to cover the subject of mechanical separators.
This group includes the following standards:
STANDARD CODE
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
STANDARD TITLE
‫ﻛﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
IPS-E-PR- 850
“Engineering Standard
Process
Requirements
Vessels, and Separators”
for
of
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
"‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-PR-850
IPS-E-PR-880
“Engineering Standard for
Process Design of Gas (Vapor)Liquid Separators”
IPS-E-PR-880
IPS-E-PR-895
“Engineering Standard for
Process Design of Solid-Liquid
Separators”
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
-(‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر‬
" ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
"‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
IPS-E-PR-895
:‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
This Standard Specification covers:
"PROCESS DESIGN OF GAS (VAPOR) LIQUID SEPARATORS"
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ" را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬-(‫"ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
4
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
-‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز‬/‫ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر( ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و‬
‫ ﻫﺪف‬.‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺰاء اﻣﺘﺰاج ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺪون ﻳﻚ واﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،(‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺟﺮم‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ از‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-G-ME-150 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ" اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬، ‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺼﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This Engineering Standard Specification covers
minimum requirements for the process design
(including criteria for type selection) of gas
(vapor)-liquid separators used in the production of
the oil and/or gas, refineries and other gas
processing and petrochemical plants. For the
purpose of this Standard, separation techniques
are defined as, those operation, which isolate
specific immiscible ingredients of a mixture
mechanically, i.e., without a chemical reaction or
a mass transfer process taking place.
For design of inlet and outlet nozzles and vessel
internals refer to Engineering Standard IPS-GME-150, "Engineering and Material Standard for
Towers, Reactors, Pressure Vessels & Internals"
unless otherwise specified in this Standard.
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1384 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در دي ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
1 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬276 ‫ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Jan 2006, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
276.
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در دي ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on Jan 2010 which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
5
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
ASME
(AMERICAN
SOCIETY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME
OF
1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬ASME
‫" آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻳﮓ‬
2007 ‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬:،"‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
ASME Section VIII, Div.1
”Boiler and Pressure Vessel,
Code”. Edition 2007”
(‫ ) ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
API Spec. 12J "Specification for Oil and Gas
Separators", 7th. Ed., Oct. 1989
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
1989 ‫ اﻛﺘﺒﺮ‬،‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬،‫ ﮔﺎز‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬
API Spec.12J
API 510
:‫"آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و‬،‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎر " وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
.2006 ‫ژوﺋﻦ‬
API 510
“Pressure Vessel Inspection,
Code: In Service Inspection,
Rating, Repair, and Alteration”.
9th Ed., June 2006.
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
IPS-E-GN-100 “Engineering
Units”
Standard
"‫ " اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
for
IPS-E-PR-460 “Engineering Standard for
Process Design of Flare and
Blowdown Systems”
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
"‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
IPS-E-PR-460
IPS-G-ME-150 “Engineering and Material
Standard for Towers, Reactors,
Pressure Vessels & Internals”
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و‬
"‫اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬
IPS-E-PR-150
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
‫در زﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ واژه ﻧﺎﻣﻪ از اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺟﺪا‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﻓﻦ آوري ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي آورده ﺷﺪه‬-(‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
The following is a glossary of terms used in the
gas(vapor)-liquid separator and separation
technology.
‫ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ه‬1-3
3.1 Coalescer
‫ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺎد ﻛﻪ در آن ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﺎز دوم )ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻣﺘﺰاج ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ( ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
A mechanical process vessel with wettable, highsurface area packing on which liquid droplets
consolidate for gravity separation from a second
phase (for example gas or immiscible liquid).
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ‬2-3
3.2 Control Volume
‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺪف ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎز زداﻫﺎ و ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ در ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
A certain liquid volume necessary for control
purposes and for maintaining the velocity limit
requirement for degassing and to counter foam in
separators.
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬3-3
3.3 Conventional Gas-Liquid Separator
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد واژه ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي و اﻓﻘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را‬
In this Standard, the term "Conventional GasLiquid Separator" is referred to vertical or
horizontal separators in which gas and liquid are
6
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
separated by means of gravity settling with or
without a mist eliminating device.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬4-3
3.4 Disengaging Height
‫ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The height provided between bottom of the wiremesh pad and liquid level of a vapor-liquid
separator.
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اي‬5-3
3.5 Fabric Filter
‫ ﺟﻤﻊ‬،‫واژه ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ اي ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻴﺴﻪ اي‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻏﺒﺎردار‬
.‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر از داﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ از آن ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Commonly termed "bag filters" or "baghouses",
are collectors in which dust is removed from the
gas stream by passing the dust-laden gas through a
fabric of some type.
‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬6-3
3.6 Flash Tank
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن ﮔﺎز آزاد ﺷﺪه در اﺛﺮ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه از اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻲ رود‬
A vessel used to separate the gas evolved from
liquid flashed from a higher pressure to a lower
pressure.
‫ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬7-3
3.7 Hold-Up Time
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬-‫ﮔﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺎرات در ﻇﺮف ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
A time period during which the amount of liquid
separated in a gas-liquid separator is actually in
the vessel for the purpose of control or vapor
separation.
‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬8-3
3.8 Knock-Out
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﺪه ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
: ‫اﺳﺖ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آن را ﺑﻪ دو دﺳﺘﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد‬
A separator used for a bulk separation of gas and
liquid. It falls into one of two categories as below:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد ﻇﺮﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬
a) The free water knock-out is a vessel used to
separate free water from a flow stream of gas,
oil, and water. The gas and oil usually leave
the vessel through the same outlet to be
processed by other equipment. The water is
removed for disposal.
‫ ﮔﺎز و‬.‫ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻳﺎ آب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫آب آزاد ار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻏﻠﺐ از ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮآورش در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دﻳﮕﺮ از‬
.‫ آب ﺟﻬﺖ دﻓﻊ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻇﺮف ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ب( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
b) The total liquid knock-out is normally used
to remove the combined liquids from a gas
stream.
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آﺑﭽﻜﺎن ﺧﻂ‬9-3
3.9 Line Drip
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻓﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮرد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺿﺮوري ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
A device typically used in pipelines with very
high gas-to-liquid ratios to remove only free liquid
from a gas stream,and not necessarily all the
liquid.
(‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ) اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬10-3
3.10 Demister(Mist Extractor)
،‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮات‬،‫ﻇﺮوف داراي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬
A device installed in the top of scrubbers,
separators, tray or packed vessels, etc. to remove
liquid droplets entrained in a flowing gas stream.
7
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬11-3
3.11 Scrubber
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬،‫ و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﮕﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺑﺰارآﻻت ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﻜﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻲ رود‬
A type of separator which has been designed to
handle flow streams with unusually high gas-toliquid ratios. These are commonly used in
conjunction with dehydrators, extraction plants,
instruments, or compressors for protection from
entrained liquids.
‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬12-3
3.12 Slug Catcher
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﻳﮋه اي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺟﺬب ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
A particular separator design able to absorb
sustained in-flow of large liquid volumes at
irregular intervals.
‫ ﺑﺎزده ﻫﺪف‬13-3
3.13 Target Efficiency
،‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ذرات ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮات ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻴﺎل ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر از ﺷﻴﺊ دروﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The fraction of particles or droplets in the
entraining fluid of a separator, moving past an
object in the fluid, which impinge on the object.
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻘﻮط‬14-3
3.14 Terminal Velocity or Drop-Out Velocity
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل آن ﻳﻚ ذره ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ اﺛﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬،‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ در ﺣﺎل ﺳﻘﻮط اﺳﺖ‬
(‫ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ)درگ( ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺷﻮد ذره )ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬
The velocity at which a particle or droplet will fall
under the action of gravity, when drag force just
balances gravitational force and the particle (or
droplet) continues to fall at constant velocity.
‫ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬15-3
3.15 Vapor Space
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در‬-‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
The volume of a vapor liquid separator above the
liquid level.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز‬16-3
3.16 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز در‬، (MAWP) ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬ASME ‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ در ﻳﻚ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The maximum allowable working pressure
(MAWP) is the maximum pressure, permissible
by the ASME Code at the top of the separator in
its normal operating position for a designated
temperature.
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬17-3
3.17 Operating Pressure
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺸﺎري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﻇﺮف در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد و‬MAWP ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺎزﺷﺪن ﻣﺪاوم آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The operating pressure is the pressure in the
vessel during normal operation. The operating
pressure shall not exceed the MAWP, and is
usually kept at a suitable level below the setting of
the pressure relieving devices to prevent their
frequent opening.
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬18-3
3.18 Corrosion
‫ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ واﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ آن ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Corrosion is defined as the destruction of a metal
by chemical or electrochemical reaction with its
environment.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4
4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬،‫در زﻳﺮ‬
The following is the list of symbols and
8
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
abbreviations of parameters used in this Standard
and their units of measurement:
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
:‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و واﺣﺪﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي آﻧﻬﺎ آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.(m2) ‫ = ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬A
.(‫( )ﻣﺘﺮ‬1 ‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ورودي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن)ﻧﻮع‬-‫ = ﻃﻮل ﺿﻠﻊ‬a
A
= Cross-sectional area for gas flow, (m²).
a
= Length of side, square cyclone inlet,
(type 1), (m).
C
= Drag coefficient of particle or droplet,
(dimensionless).
Df
= Filter element outside diameter, (m).
Dp
= Droplet or particle diameter, (m).
Dv
= Internal diameter of a separator vessel,
(m).
dn
= Nozzle diameter, (m).
dn1
= Feed nozzle
(m)
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل )ﻣﺘﺮ‬dn
.(‫ = ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك )ﻣﺘﺮ‬dn1
dn2
= Gas outlet nozzle
(m)
.(‫ = ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز )ﻣﺘﺮ‬dn2
dn3
= Liquid outlet nozzle (m)
.(‫ = ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺘﺮ‬dn3
d1
= Internal diameter of feed inlet, (m).
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ورودي ﺧﻮراك )ﻣﺘﺮ‬d1
d2
= Internal diameter of gas outlet, (m).
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز )ﻣﺘﺮ‬d2
d3
= Diameter of cylindrical cyclone baffle,
(m).
. ‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي‬d3
g
= Local acceleration due to gravity,
(m/s²).
.(‫ = ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﻞ)ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺠﺬور ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬g
H
= Height, (tangent to tangent) of vessel,
(m).
.(‫ = ارﺗﻔﺎع )ﻣﻤﺎس ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎس( ﻇﺮف )ﻣﺘﺮ‬H
Hc
= Height of cyclone (from bottom plate to
outlet pipe), (m).
.(‫ = ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن )از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ()ﻣﺘﺮ‬Hc
h
= Height of vessel required for hold-up,
(m).
.(‫ = ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ)ﻣﺘﺮ‬h
K
= Empirical constant for separator sizing,
(m/s).
.(‫ = ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه)ﻣﺘﺮ‬K
KCR
= Proportionality constant.
.(‫ = ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ )درگ( ذره ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه )ﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬C
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ)ﻣﺘﺮ‬Df
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ ذره ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه )ﻣﺘﺮ‬Dp
.(‫ = ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﻣﺘﺮ‬Dv
‫ = ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬KCR
LA (L) = Level Alarm (Low)
.(‫ = ﻫﺸﺪار ﺳﻄﺢ )ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬LA (L)
LA (H) = Level Alarm (High)
.(‫ = ﻫﺸﺪار ﺳﻄﺢ )ﺑﺎﻻ‬LA (H)
.(‫)ﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻃﻮل ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
= Lf
‫ﻃﻮل ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه)ﻣﻤﺎس ﺑﻪ‬
= Lv
.(‫)ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫ﻣﻤﺎس‬
Lf
= Filter element length, (m).
Lv
= Length of a horizontal separator vessel,
(tangent to tangent), (m).
Mg
= Mass flow rate of gas, (kg/s).
Ml
= Mass flow rate of liquid, (kg/s).
Pin
= Pressure at inlet, (kPa).
Pout
= Pressure at outlet, (kPa).
Q
= Volumetric load factor, (m³/s).
.(‫ = ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺎز)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Mg
.(‫ = ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Ml
.(‫ = ﻓﺸﺎر در ورودي )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬Pin
.(‫ = ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬Pout
.(‫ = ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﺎر)ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Q
9
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
Qg
= Volumetric flow rate of gas, (m³/s).
Ql
= Volumetric flow rate of liquid, (m³/s).
Qmax
= Maximum value of Q, (m³/s).
R
= Radius of cyclone scroll f, (m).
Re
= Reynolds number, (dimensionless).
s
= Width of split between cyclone bottom
plate and wall, (m).
T
= Time (min).
t
= Thickness of demister pad, (m).
Vc
= Critical gas velocity necessary for
particles to drop or settle, (m/s).
Vg,in
= Gas velocity at inlet, (superficial),
(m/s).
Vg,out
= Gas velocity at outlet, (m/s).
.(‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺎز در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ)ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Vg,out
Vm
= Mixture velocity at inlet = (Qg +
Ql)/(  dn²/4), (m/s).
.(‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ورودي)ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Vm
Vt
= Terminal or free settling velocity of
particle or droplet and terminal rising
velocity of bubbles, in liquid phase, (m/s).
‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ آزاد ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ذره ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه و‬Vt
.(‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ آﻣﺪن ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ در ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ)ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
.(‫ = ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﮔﺎز)ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Qg
.(‫ = ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Ql
.(‫)ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Q ‫ = ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار‬Qmax
.(‫ = ﺷﻌﺎع ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن )ﻣﺘﺮ‬R
.‫ = ﻋﺪد رﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪز‬Re
(‫ = ﻋﺮض ﺷﻜﺎف ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن و دﻳﻮاره)ﻣﺘﺮ‬s
.(‫ = زﻣﺎن )دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬T
(‫ = ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ذره ﮔﻴﺮ)ﻣﺘﺮ‬t
‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻓﺘﺎدن ﻳﺎ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ذرات‬Vc
.(‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ )ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
.(‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺎز در ورودي)ﻇﺎﻫﺮي()ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬Vg,in
:‫ﺣﺮوف ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‬
Greek Letters:
 l (gamma)
cSt(mm²/s)‫ )ﮔﺎﻣﺎ( = ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
= Liquid kinematic viscosity,
cSt(mm²/s)
(cp) ‫ )ﻣﻮ( = ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﺎز ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ؛‬µ
µ (mu) = Dynamic viscosity of continuous phase,
cP(mPa.s).
µg (mu)
= Dynamic viscosity of gas,
cP(mPa.s).
 g (rho)
= Gas phase density, (kg/m³).
 l (rho)
= Liquid phase density, (kg/m³).
 m (rho)
= Mixture density at inlet =
(Mg+Ml)/(Qg+Q), (kg/m³).
l
(cp)‫ = ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﺎز ؛‬µg
.(‫ = ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎز ﮔﺎز )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ g
.(‫ = ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ l
.(‫ = ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ورودي)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ m
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
5. UNITS
،(SI) ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This Standard is based on International System of
Units, (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where
otherwise specified.
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6. GENERAL
، ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ دو ﮔﺮوه ﻋﻤﺪه‬- ‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﻋﺎري‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻫﺎ( و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﮔﺎز‬/‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬
Gas-Liquid Separators can be generally divided
into two main groups, high gas to liquid ratio (e.g.
flare knock-out drums, scrubbers), and low gas to
liquid ratio (e.g. oil/gas separators, flash tanks)
separators. In this Standard, process aspects of
10
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
three types of most frequently used gas (vapor)liquid separators are discussed more or less in
details, these three types are:
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-(‫ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
:‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬.‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺪا‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬(‫ﮔﺎز اﺳﺖ‬/‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎز‬-
-Conventional gas-liquid separators (including
oil/gas separators).
- Centrifugal gas-liquid separators.
- Gas-liquid filter separators.
‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻧﻮع دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده آن زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﺪان اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه زﻳﺮا درﺑﺎره‬
‫ " ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و‬IPS-E-PR-460 ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت آن در‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ" ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬1-‫اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ و‬
.‫)و( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
-(‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز)ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ " اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬IPS-E-PR-850 1-6 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف و ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Another frequently used type i.e., flare knock-out
drum, is mentioned briefly since this type is
discussed in details in IPS-E-PR-460 Standard,
"Process Design of Flare and Blowdown
Systems".
Types of mechanical separators are generally
shown in Fig. F.1 of Appendix F.
The Process requirements of gas (vapor)-liquid
separators should be based on Item 6.1 of IPS-EPR-850, "Process Requirements of Vessels and
Separators".
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬1-6
6.1 Gas-Liquid Separators
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬-‫اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
.‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬.‫ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﮔﺎز‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬.‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬.‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬-
Gas-liquid separator types often used in processes
which are discussed in this Standard are:
- Conventional Gas/Liquid Separators.
- Cyclones.
- Oil/Gas Separators.
- Flare Knock-out Drums.
- Filter Separators.
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬2-6
6.2 Separation Mechanisms
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻮرد‬-‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم‬
‫ "ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﺮدن" و "ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬،"‫ﻫﺎي "ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺟﺎذﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از اﻧﻮاع "ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن" ﺑﻨﺪرت در اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ" ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺻﻮل ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬.‫زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ و ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ‬،‫را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻼﺻﻪ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﺮح داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎز اﻣﺘﺰاج ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Gas-liquid separation processes most frequently
employed in industries are based on either one or
a
combination
of
"Gravity
Settling",
"Impingement"
and
"Centrifugation",
mechanisms. Some types of "Filtration" are
seldom employed in this field. The principles of
mechanical separation in general, can be classified
as momentum, gravity and filtration that are
briefly described in the following sections. Note
that as a general rule, mechanical separation
occurs only when the phases are immiscible and
have different densities.
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬1-2-6
6.2.1 Mechanical separation by momentum
‫ﻓﺎزﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ داراي اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دو ﻓﺎز ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬.‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Fluid phases with different densities will have
different momentum. If a two phase stream
changes direction sharply, greater momentum will
11
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
not allow the particles of heavier phase to turn as
rapidly as the lighter fluid, so separation occurs.
Momentum is usually employed for bulk
separation of the two phases in a stream.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ذرات ﻓﺎز ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ اﺟﺎزه‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬،‫ﻧﻤﻲدﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺎز ﺳﺒﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻮده اي‬.‫اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دوﻓﺎز ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ‬2-2-6
6.2.2 Mechanical separation by gravity
‫ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ در ﻓﺎز ﮔﺎز ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﻄﺮه ﻳﺎ ذره ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻧﻴﺮوي ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ )درگ( ﮔﺎزي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪه ﺑﺮاي ذرات‬.‫اﻃﺮاف ﻗﻄﺮه ﻳﺎ ذره ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﮔﻮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻣﺘﺰاج ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺎﻳﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪن ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬.‫ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬،‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻴﺮوي‬،‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز در ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﺗﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ از ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻠﻲ از ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻧﺪازه ذرات‬
‫و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ذرات در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﺪوده در‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1.‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‬
Liquid droplets or solid particles will settle out of
a gas phase if the gravitational force acting on the
droplet or particle is greater than the drag force of
the gas flowing around the droplet or particle. The
same phenomenon happens for solid particles in
liquid phase and immiscible sphere of a liquid
immersed in another liquid. Rising of a light
bubble of liquid or gas in a liquid phase also
follows the same rules, i.e. results from the action
of gravitational force. Regarding gravity settling,
an overall picture of the range and distribution of
particle sizes as well as the significant laws
governing the particle settling in each range are
shown in Fig. A.1 of Appendix A.
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬3-2-6
6.2.3 Mechanical separation by filtration
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ‬-‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز‬-‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺳﻴﺎل‬،‫ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮر ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از‬
‫ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻋﺒﻮر ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲ دارد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻴﻖ و ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻴﻜﻲ‬:‫ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
Filtration is the separation of a fluid-solid or
liquid-gas mixture involving passage of most of
the fluid through a porous barrier which retains
most of the solid or liquid particulates contained
in the mixture.
Filtration processes can be divided into three
broad categories, cake filtration, depth filtration
and surface filtration.
‫ ﻧﻜﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-6
6.3 General Notes on Separator Piping
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬/‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ از‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ را در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Piping to and from the separator shall interfere as
little as possible with the good working of the
separator. The following constraints should be
observed:
a) There should be no valves, pipe expansions
or contractions within 10 pipe diameters of the
inlet nozzle.
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻧﺪازه‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
b) There should be no bends within 10 pipe
diameters of the inlet nozzle. except the
following:
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ‬10 ‫ب( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﻤﻲ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
- For knock-out drums and demisters, a bend
in the feed pipe is permitted if this is in a
vertical plane through the axis of the feed
nozzle.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻢ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻢ ﮔﻴﺮ‬‫ﺧﻮراك ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﮔﺮ در ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻢ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬‫اﮔﺮ در ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻫﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮداب‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ورودي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬10 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ‬.‫ﻧﺎزل ورودي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- For cyclones a bend in the feed pipe is
permitted if this is in a horizontal plane and
the curvature is in the same direction as the
12
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
cyclone vortex.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج( اﮔﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺧﻂ‬
c) If desired, a pipe reducer may be used in the
vapor line leading from the separator, but it
should be no nearer to the top of the vessel
than twice the outlet pipe diameter.
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮ از دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
.‫ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﺪاري ﻛﺎﻫﺶ در ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ‬
.‫اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ از ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺧﻮراك ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻧﺘﻮان اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً از ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ از اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺎز در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﺎدي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ و ﭘﻮدري ﺷﺪن در ﺧﻂ ﺧﻮراك‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﻮان از ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬،‫در ﺧﻂ ﺧﻮراك اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻛﺮد‬
.‫در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
If these conditions cannot be complied with,
some loss of efficiency will result.
If a valve in the feed line near to the separator
cannot be avoided, it should preferably be of
the gate or ball type fully open in normal
operation. High pressure drops which cause
flashing and atomization should be avoided in
the feed pipe. If a pressure-reducing valve in
the feed pipe cannot be avoided, it should be
located as far upstream of the vessel as
practicable.
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-6
6.4 Separator Material
ASME ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬1-4-6
6.4.1 ASME Code
Separators furnished to this specification shall
conform to the material requirements stipulated in
the latest edition of the ASME Code.
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
ASME ‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
6.4.2 Material selection for corrosive fluids should
be selected based on a review of related API or
NACE publications for materials that conform to
Paragraph 6.4.1. Consideration should be given to
material selection as it relates to weight loss,
sulphide stress cracking, chloride stress cracking,
or other forms of corrosion. It is the responsibility
of the user to determine what consideration for
corrosion should be made to the vessel during its
intended life.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﺮ‬2-4-6
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬NACE ‫ و‬API ‫اﺳﺎس ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ از ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬1-4-6 ‫ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ وزن‬
‫ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻠﺮي ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ اﻧﻮاع ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬، ‫ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي‬
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻇﺮف در‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
6.4.3 Corrosion consideration for separators
furnished to this specification shall be for the
pressure containing parts of the vessel only, and as
can be identified as falling within the
requirements of the applicable section of the
ASME Code.
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬3-4-6
Corrosion considerations for vessel internals (nonpressure parts) is by mutual agreement between
the purchaser and the manufacturer and not a part
of this specification.
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف)ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎري( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺮارداد ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻮده‬
.‫و ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻇﺮف ﺑﻮده و ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ASME ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
13
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
7.CONVENTIONAL
SEPARATORS
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬-7
GAS/LIQUID
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.1 General
The
Process
requirements
of
pressure,
temperature, corrosion and loading of separators
shall be based on Item 6.1 of IPS-E-PR-850,
"Process Requirements
of Vessels and
Separators".
‫دﻣﺎ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ و ﺑﺎر ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬،‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ "اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-E-PR-850 6,1 ‫اﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻇﺮوف و ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Conventional gas/liquid separators are usually
characterized as vertical, horizontal, or spherical.
Horizontal separators can be single or double
barrel and can be equipped with sumps or boots.
‫ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻋﻤﻮدي‬/‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻛﺮوي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ دو‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
Mist extractor can be installed in this type of
separators.
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬1-1-7
7.1.1 Vertical separators
(‫اﻟﻒ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬.1.‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي )ﺷﻜﻞ ب‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺮر در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ورودي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻻزم‬
،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺪد ﻳﺎ اﺧﺘﻼط دوﺑﺎره ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Vertical separators (see Fig. B.1-a of Appendix B)
shall be selected when the gas-liquid ratio is high.
In cases where there is a frequent fluctuation in
inlet liquid flow or where re-vaporization or
remixing of fluids in the vessel should be
prevented, vertical separators should be preferred.
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ‬2-1-7
7.1.2 Horizontal separators
‫ )ب( را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬1.‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ)ﺷﻜﻞ ب‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎدي از ﺳﻴﺎل و ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎدي ﮔﺎز ﻣﺤﻠﻮل در ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻪ‬-‫ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺎزي ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
Horizontal separators (see Fig. B.1-b) are
practically used where large volumes of total
fluids and large amount of dissolved gas are
present with the liquid. They are also preferred
where the vapor-liquid ratio is small or where
three phase separation is required.
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوي‬3-1-7
7.1.3 Spherical separators
‫اﻳﻦ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ اﺳﺖ و ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
(‫ج دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬-1-‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ب‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
These separators are occasionally used for high
pressure service where compact size is desired and
liquid volumes are small, (see Fig. B.1-c).
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-7
7.2 Design Criteria
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮوي و در اﺑﻌﺎد و اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫و‬1-4 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه و‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬API SPEC 12J ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-4‫ و‬2-4
‫ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي اﻋﻼم‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر و‬، ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﺪازه‬.‫ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪاول ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي دﻣﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮاي‬
Separators furnished to this specification may be
vertical, horizontal, or Spherical, and are available
in sizes and maximum allowable working pressure
ratings shown in Tables 4.1,4.2 ,and 4.3 API
SPEC 12J. Available sizes and working pressures
may vary from the stated ratings in the referenced
tables. Other sizes, pressure, and temperature
ratings may be furnished by agreement between
purchaser and manufacturer.
Separators without mist extractors may be
14
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
designed for gravity settling using Stokes' law
equations.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻮك ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
150 ‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺣﺬف ذرات ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
.‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Typically the sizing is based upon removal of 150
micrometers and larger diameter droplets.
For practical purposes, to be in safe side, use of
the methods presented in the following sections is
recommended.
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-2-7
7.2.1 Design flow rates
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه‬/‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺪﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻢ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
:‫ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Q ‫ﻣﻘﺪار‬
A separator may be incorporated in a process
scheme for which there are different modes of
operation. In this case, the separator design shall
be based upon the operation mode with the
severest conditions. For the gas/liquid separation
in a knock-out drum or demister, the severest
condition is that with the highest value of Q,
where this is defined by: EMBED Equation
(Eq.1)
 g
Q  Qg 
 
g
 1
1
 2 3
 m /s


(EMBED)
(1 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
Q ‫ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ از ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار‬
Having identified the severest mode from the
highest value of Q, it is then necessary to add on a
margin to give the value on which the separator
design shall be based. This value, Qmax should
include margins for over design, safety or surging.
It represents the ’flooding’ condition.
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ اي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ اي ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬Qmax ‫ﻣﻘﺪار‬
"‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ "ﻃﻐﻴﺎن‬.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻋﺎدي)ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
50 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬25-15
.‫درﺻﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The margin to be applied over the normal (process
design) flow rate depends on the application. For
oil processing, a margin of 15-25% is common;
for oil production, margins up to 50% may be
required.
‫ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺧﻮراك‬2-2-7
7.2.2 Nature of the feed
The type of flow in feed pipe to the separator,
transition from one flow regime to another,
formation of droplets, foaming tendency of the
liquid which may lead to carry over the liquid or
carry through of gas and other factors such as
existence of sands, rust, wax and other solids and
cocking tendency of the liquid are points which
should be taken into account when fixing design
conditions.
‫ ﮔﺬر از ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﺮات و ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ‬،‫رژﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ رژﻳﻢ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫زاﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻐﻴﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت در ﮔﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰه‬
‫ ﻣﻮم و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات و ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻚ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬،‫زﻧﮕﺎر‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
7.2.3 Efficiency and separator type
The efficiency of a separator is defined here as the
fraction (or percentage) of the liquid entering the
vessel that is separated off.
‫ ﺑﺎزده و ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-2-7
‫ ﻛﺴﺮي )ﻳﺎ درﺻﺪ( از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزده ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف وارد ﺷﺪه و ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Table 1 gives the preferred choice of separator
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ارﺟﺢ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮراك و‬1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
15
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
according to feed description and the approximate
efficiency expected:
16
.‫ﺑﺎزده ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
TABLE 1 - EFFICIENCY VS TYPE OF FLOW OF SEPARATORS
‫ ﺑﺎزده ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
١٧
TYPE OF
FLOW
EFFICIENCY EXPECTED
‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
Bubbly
Stratified, smooth ‫ ﻻﻳﻪ اي‬،‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ آرام‬
Stratified, wavy
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ اي‬،‫ﭘﺮﻣﻮج‬
Intermittent
Annular
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬
>90%
<90%
Knock-Out drum
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ذرات‬
Knock-Out drum
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
Knock-Out drum
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ذرات‬
Knock-Out drum
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ذرات‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬
‫ﺑﺎزده ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
Demister or cyclone
‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
Demister or cyclone
‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
Demister or cyclone
‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻢ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬،‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬99 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً داراي ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ‬20 ‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﺴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ از ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Although a demister separator fitted with wire
mesh demister pad will often have efficiency
better than 99%, it should be noted that a
substantial fraction of droplets less than 20
micrometers in diameter, may pass through a wire
mesh demister.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬4-2-7
7.2.4 Liquid handling requirements
،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد در ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In checking the capacity of the separator to handle
liquid, the following points should be considered.
‫ ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ‬1-4-2-7
7.2.4.1 Degassing
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺣﻤﻞ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﮔﺎز از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬،‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
:‫ذﻳﻞ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ از ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ آﻳﺪ‬
In order to prevent carry through of the gas
bubbles into the liquid outlet stream in vertical
vessels, the liquid velocity should satisfy the
following requirement: EMBED Equation
(Eq.2)
Qg

D V2
4

2.18  10
1
-2

1   g
1
(2 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
mm²/s ‫ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
Where  l, the liquid kinematic viscosity is in
mm²/s or cSt.
‫در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
.‫ اﺳﺖ‬cSt ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬، ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ آﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬Ql/ (Dv.Lv) ‫ﻓﻮق ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻪ از راﺑﻄﻪ‬
.‫ ﻃﻮل ﻇﺮف اﺳﺖ‬Lv ‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫رود‬
In a horizontal vessel which is approximately half
full, the above limit should be applied to the
velocity Ql/ (Dv.Lv), where Lv is the vessel length.
l
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
.‫ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﻏﻠﺐ‬
‫روش زﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺳﺘﻮك اﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
Often ’liquid residence time’ is used as a criterion
for de-gassing. The method given here, based on
Stokes’ law is preferred.
16
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2-4-2-7
7.2.4.2 Control volume
‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ )و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺪا‬.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
For de-gassing (and also to counter foam), the
liquid velocity should be limited. When a liquid
level is required in the separator, a certain liquid
volume is necessary for control purposes.
The following recommendations are intended as a
guide:
‫اﻟﻒ( زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
a) Hold-Up time for control
1-‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ز‬LA(H) ، LA(L) ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ در ﻧﺒﻮد دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ز( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
The minimum requirement between LA(L) and
LA(H) shown in Fig. G.1 of Appendix G,
which should be applied in the absence of other
overriding process considerations, is as
follows:
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
Automatic control
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن‬4
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮراك ﻛﻮره‬5
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻫﺎ‬4
4 minutes for product to storage
5 minutes for feed to a furnace
4 minutes for other applications
Manual control
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﺳﺘﻲ‬
20 minutes.
.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬20
‫ب( زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﺪي واﺣﺪ‬
b) Hold-Up time for operator intervention
When operator action is necessary to avoid
upsets or a shutdown of plant operation, a
realistic estimate shall be made of the time
required.
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻗﺪام ﻣﺘﺼﺪي واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ واﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻧﻪ از‬
.‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
For inside plot separators a minimum hold-up
of 5 minutes between pre-alarm and trip action
is recommended.
5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﺸﺪار و از ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺎدن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
For off plot separators, the time the operator
needs to reach the equipment, should be added.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد زﻣﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﻣﺘﺼﺪي واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻴﺰ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ اﺛﺮ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺷﺮوع ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي آﻣﺎده ﺑﻜﺎر‬، ‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﺸﺪار‬.‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺿﺮوري ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮد‬
No hold-up is required for switches which do
not directly affect plant operation, e.g.,
automatic starting of standby pump. The prealarm may then be omitted.
‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-4-2-7
7.2.4.3 Liquid slugs
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮراك داراي ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻤﺒﻮد ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬.‫زﻳﺎدﺗﺮي ﻣﻄﺮح ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5-2 ‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در زﻣﺎن‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﺧﻮراك و ﭘﺮ ﺑﻮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100
‫ و‬NL ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ دادن اﻳﻦ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ‬
If the feed contains slugs of liquid, extra hold-up
volume is required. In the absence of other
information, the slug volume should be taken as 25 seconds of flow with the normal feed velocity
and 100% liquid filling of the feed pipe.
The separator should be able to accommodate this
slug volume between NL and LA (H) or between
17
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
NL and LA (HH), depending on whether it is
required for the arrival of a slug to sound the highlevel alarm, or not. To increase the volume for
accommodation of the slug the NL may be set
closer to LA (L). (For an explanation of liquid
level control terms, see Fig. G.1 of Appendix G.)
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺰوم ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪم‬LA(HH) ‫ و‬NL ‫ ﻳﺎ‬LA(H)
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻟﺰوم ﻫﺸﺪار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ در اﺛﺮ رﺳﻴﺪن ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ دارد‬
LA ‫ ﺑﻪ‬NL ‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دادن ﻓﻀﺎي ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ ) ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
(.‫ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ز‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﻮراك ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ورودي و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ )اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
When slugs are expected in the feed,
consideration should be given to strengthening the
piping and feed inlet device, if one is to be fitted.
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬5-2-7
7.2.5 Separator design methods
Recommended methods for basic (process) design
of conventional Gas-Liquid Separators are
presented in the following sections. Although
general references are available in literature. For
symbols and abbreviations see Section 4.
‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي( ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬-‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ و‬.‫اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ در ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
7.2.5.1 Conventional separators without mist
extractors
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬1-5-2-7
This type of separator vessel utilize gravity as the
main mechanism for separating the liquid and gas
phases.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬، ‫در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻧﻮع راﻫﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﮔﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬، ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬.‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه اي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬2000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬150 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ روش ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه‬
To design a separator without a mist extractor, the
minimum size diameter droplet to be removed
must be set. Typically this diameter is in the range
of 150 to 2000 micrometers. Although the
calculation method for gravity settling is valid for
this type, the methods given in the following
sections can also yield to a safe basic design.
‫ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬1-1-5-2-7
7.2.5.1.1 Vertical knock-out drum without mist
extractors
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه‬
a) Diameter
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﻄﺮ‬
The vessel diameter, Dv, can be estimated
from: EMBED Equation
(Eq. 3 )
Q max
 / 4.D v 2
EMBED ‫ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬Dv ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮد‬
 0. 07
(3 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where:
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ‬
Qmax
is the process design value of Q
plus margin (see 7.2.1).
Qmax
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
b) Height
،‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻇﺮف ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬h ‫اﮔﺮ‬
‫( ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻠﻲ‬2-4-2-7 ‫)ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
If h is the height of vessel required for liquid
hold-up (see 7.2.4.2), then the total vessel
18
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
height (tangent to tangent) is
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫ﻇﺮف)ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ﻣﻤﺎس( از روش زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
(Eq. 4)
H = h + dn + X + Y
(4 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where:
dn
is Inlet nozzle diameter, in m;
X
Y
is 0.3 Dv with a minimum of 0.3 m;
is 0.9 Dv with a minimum of 0.9 m.
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ورودي؛‬dn
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ؛‬0/3 ‫ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬0/3 Dv X
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬0/9 ‫ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬0/9 Dv Y
‫ج( ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ‬
c) Nozzles
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك‬1
1) Feed nozzle
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻨﺤﺮف‬
dn ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ورودي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺬور ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬1500 ‫ از‬V2m×  m
.‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The feed nozzle shall be fitted with a half
open pipe or a flow diverting box inlet device.
The nozzle diameter, dn, may be taken equal
to that of the feed pipe but the product  m ×
V2m shall not exceed 1500 kg/m.s².
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬2
2) Gas outlet nozzle
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬Vg²×  g ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪار‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬3750 kg/m.s²‫از‬
The diameter of the gas outlet nozzle should
normally be taken equal to that of the outlet
pipe, but the product  g × Vg²,out shall not
exceed 3750 kg/m.s².
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3
3) Liquid outlet nozzle
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬1 ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ در آن از‬
‫ ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬.‫ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The diameter of the liquid outlet nozzle shall
be choosen such that the velocity in it does
not exceed 1 m/s, but should preferably be
lower. The nozzle shall be equipped with a
vortex breaker.
d) Pressure drop
‫د( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
The pressure differential between inlet
and vapor outlet is:
( Eq. 5 )
: ‫اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
Pin - Pout = 8 × 10-4 ×  g × V2g,out
kPa
(5 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
7.2.5.1.2 Horizontal knock-out drum without
mist extractor
‫ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬2-1-5-2-7
For a horizontal knock-out drum, the following
design method can be applied:
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ روش ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
:‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻧﺪازه‬
a) Size
‫ از ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺮوي‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The cross-sectional area for gas flow, A,
follows from:
(Eq. 6 )
Qmax
 0.1 m/s
A
19
(6 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬Qmax ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬LA ‫ ﺑﺎﻻي‬A ‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬1-2-7 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد( ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم و ﻳﻚ دوم ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Where A is taken above the LA (HH) liquid
level and Qmax is the process design value of Q
plus a margin, (see7.2.1). Horizontal vessels
are usually designed to be between about one
third and one half-full of liquid.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫)ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Lv .‫ روش ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪس و ﺧﻄﺎ اﺳﺖ‬.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬4-2-7
‫ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﭘﺮﺷﺪن ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺒﺮان اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻣﺎن‬Dv ‫و‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺪس اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬0/1 ‫ از‬Qmax/A
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬6/0 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2/5 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﻓﺮض ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬3 Lv/Dv ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي‬6/0 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The liquid hold-up volume is determined by other
considerations, (See 7.2.4). The design method
involves trial and error. Lv and Dv are fixed, and a
fractional filling chosen to satisfy liquid hold-up
requirements. It is then necessary to check that
Qmax/A does not exceed 0.1 m/s. A starting value
for the ratio Lv/Dv of 3.0 is suggested; values of
2.5 to 6.0 for this ratio are normal; values of 6.0 or
higher are recommended for high-pressure
applications.
‫ب( ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬
b) Nozzles
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك‬1
1) Feed Nozzle
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ورودي ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬dn ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل‬
1000 ‫ از‬ m × V2m ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻀﺮب‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬kg/m.s²
The nozzle diameter, dn, may be taken
equal to that of the feed pipe, but the
product
(Eq. 7)
 m × V2m
(7 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
shall not exceed 1000 kg/m.s².
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬2
2) Gas Outlet Nozzle
‫ ﻫﻤﺎن روش ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل ﮔﺎز ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬1-1-5-2-7 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
For gas outlet nozzle, the same method can be
applied as for a vertical vessel, (see 7.2.5.1.1).
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3
3) Liquid Outlet Nozzle
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺎن روش ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬
‫( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬1-1-5-2-7 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
For Liquid outlet nozzle, the same method
can be applied as for a vertical vessel, (see
7.2.5.1.1).
‫ج( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
c) Pressure Drop
‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر را ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ روش ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
(1-1-5-2-7 ‫ )ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
The pressure drop can be calculated as for a
vertical vessel (see 7.2.5.1.1).
7.2.5.2 Conventional gas-liquid separators with
wire mesh mist extractors
Wire mesh pads are frequently used as
entrainment separators for the removal of very
small liquid droplets and, therefore, a higher overall percentage removal of liquid. Removal of
droplets down to 10 micrometers or smaller may
be possible with these pads. Typical wire mesh
installation in gas-liquid separators is illustrated in
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ‬-‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬2-5-2-7
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺬب ذرات و ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬
‫ ﺣﺬف‬.‫رﻳﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود و درﺻﺪ ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬10 ‫ذرات ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در‬
20
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
Fig. B.1 of Appendix B.
In plants where fouling or hydrate formation is
possible or expected, mesh pads are typically not
used. In these services vane or centrifugal type
separators are generally more appropriate.
.‫ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ ب‬
‫در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﺠﺎت ﻛﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد رﺳﻮﺑﺎت ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﺪراﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻮده ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬،‫اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻮاره ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﺮه اي ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬150 ‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت از ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬190-145 ‫ﺗﻮدهاي‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت اﻓﻘﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
Most installations will use a 150 mm thick pad
with 145-190 kg/m³ bulk density. Minimum
recommended pad thickness is 100 mm.
Manufacturers should be contacted for specific
designs.
If the mist eliminators need to be designed for an
excessively large size, the vessels shall be
designed for a horizontal type.
7.2.5.2.1 Vertical demister separators
Most vertical separators that employ mist
extractors are sized using equations that are
derived from gravity settling equations . The most
common equation used is the critical velocity
equation:
Vc  K
(Eq. 8)
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬1-2-5-2-7
‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﻪ داراي اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﺷﺪه از ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت رﺳﻮب‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
1   g
(8 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
g
Some typical values of the separator sizing factor,
K, are given in Table 2. Note that this equation
actually gives the size of the separation element
(mist extractor), and does not size the actual
separator containment vessel. That means the
vessel may be selected larger than the element,
(e.g., for surge requirements).
‫ در‬K ، ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬.‫ آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي )اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه( را ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ و ﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺪان ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬.‫اﻧﺪازه ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ )ﻣﺜﻼً ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﻮﺳﺎن( ﻇﺮف ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
TABLE 2 - TYPICAL K FACTORS FOR SIZING WIRE MESH DEMISTERS
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬K ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﺮاﻳﺐ‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
23
SEPARATOR TYPE
‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Horizontal (with vert. pad)
Spherical
Vertical or horizontal (with horiz. pad)
K. FACTOR m/s
(‫اﻓﻘﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ﻛﺮوي‬
At 2100 kPa
At 4100 kPa
At 10300 kPa
Wet steam
Most vapors under vacuum
Salt and caustic evaporators
0.107
0.101
‫در‬
‫در‬
‫در‬
0.091
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻸ‬
0.076
4100
6200
10300
At 6200 kPa
0.061 to 0.107
0.055 to 0.107
(‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي )ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫در ﻓﺸﺎر اﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬
2100 kPa ‫در‬
At atm. press.
K ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
0.122 to 0.152
0.082
0.064
0.061
0.046
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻮد ﺳﻮز آور و ﻧﻤﻚ‬
21
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
700 ‫ ﺑﻪ ازاء ﻫﺮ‬- ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬700 ‫ در‬K = 0.107 (1
‫ ﻛﻢ‬0/003 ، ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬700 ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﺑﺎﻻي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/6 ‫ را در‬K ،‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎي ﮔﻼﻳﻜﻮل و آﻣﻴﻦ‬2
.‫ ﺿﺮب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬0/8
‫ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺑﺮاي‬K ‫( ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬3
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺪون‬
.‫ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4
0/8 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/7 ‫ را در‬K ‫ﻫﺎي ورودي ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﺿﺮب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫روش زﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ روش ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ اﺳﺖ وﻟﻲ روش ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻋﻤﻮدي اﺳﺖ‬
1) K = 0.107 at 700 kPa - Subtract 0.003 for
every 700 kPa above 700 kPa.
2) For glycol and amine solutions, multiply K
by 0.6 to 0.8.
3) Typically use one-half of the above K values
for approximate sizing of vertical separators
without wire mesh demisters.
4)For compressor suction scrubbers and
expander inlet separators multiply K by 0.7 0.8.
The following is a rough, but safe sizing method
for vertical demister separators:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﻄﺮ‬
a) Diameter
:‫ از ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬Dv ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف‬
The vessel diameter, Dv follows from:
Q max
(Eq. 9 )
D 2v / 4
 0.105m / s
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه‬
Dv ‫ ﻋﺮض ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻏﻤﺎض ﺑﻮده و‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬،‫از ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
When a standard support ring for the demister
mat is designed, then the width of the ring is
considered to be negligible and Dv calculated
from the above formula will be the vessel
internal diameter.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﮔﺮاﻧﺮو ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه‬1
1) For viscous liquids, the maximum capacity
of a horizontal demister mat is less.
.‫ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
10 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ را‬0/105 ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬µg =100 cP ‫ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫درﺻﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬20 ، µg =1000 cP‫ﺑﺮاي‬
For µg =100 cP reduce the value 0.105 m/s by
10%.
For µg =1000 cP, apply 20% reduction.
2) Maximum capacity of the mat decreases as
the rate of liquid fed to it increases. The above
values apply to a lightly loaded mat, as
encountered in most separators.
‫( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺰان ورود‬2
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
. ‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬، ‫ﺗﻮري ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ب( ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
b) Height
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻻزم ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬h
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف‬.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2-4-2-7 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
:‫)ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ﻣﻤﺎس( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
Let h be the height of vessel required for liquid
hold-up (see 7.2.4.2). Then the total vessel
height (tangent to tangent)is
(Eq. 10)
(9 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
H = h + dn + t + X + Y + 0.15 Dv
22
(10 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where:
dn = diameter of inlet nozzle
:‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬
t = thickness of demister mat,
usually 0.1 m
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬0/1 ً‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
X = 0.3 Dv with a minimum of 0.3 m ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬0/3 0.3 Dv
for a vessel equipped with half-open pipe
inlet device ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ورودي‬
Y = 0.45 Dv with a minimum of 0.9 m ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬0/9 0/45 Dv
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎز‬
‫ج( ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬
c) Nozzles
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك‬1
1) Feed nozzle
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/8 ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ورودي ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎ ورودي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎز‬
‫ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺪازه در‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ج( وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬-1-1-5-2-7)
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺮ و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬0/8 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل‬.‫ﭘﺮهاي در ورودي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ‬.‫ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬dn
:‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
When the vessel diameter is less than 0.8 m
the feed nozzle should be fitted with a halfopen pipe inlet device. The rule for sizing is
as given under (7.2.5.1.1 c).
For vessel diameters of 0.8 m and greater, a
vane-type inlet device is recommended. The
diameter of the nozzle dn, may be taken equal
to that of the feed pipe, but the following two
criteria shall also be satisfied:
(Eq. 11)
 m.V 2  6000 kg / m.s2
(11 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
(Eq. 12)
 g.V 2g,in  3750 kg / m.s2
(12 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
:‫ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ‬
Where:
(Eq. 13)
 m = (Mg + Ml)/(Qg + Ql),
(13 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
،‫داﻧﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك‬
mean density of mixture in the feed pipe,
and,
(Eq. 14)
Vm= (Qg+Q1) /

4
d n21 ,
(14 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬
(‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ج‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
velocity of mixture in the inlet nozzle.
A typical vane type inlet device is shown in
Appendix "C".
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬2
2) Gas Outlet Nozzle
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎن روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
For gas outlet nozzle, the same method may
23
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
be applied as for a vertical knock-out drum
(without mist extractor) (see 7.2.5.1.1).
(‫ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي )ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ دﻳﺪه‬1-1-5-2-7 ‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود)ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
3) Liquid Outlet Nozzle
‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3
‫ ﻓﻮق‬2 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
Same as 2 above.
‫د( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
d) Pressure drop
‫د ( ﺑﺮاي‬-1-1-5-2-7 )‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﻓﺮض اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﻄﺮه‬،‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي ﻧﻮع‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10 ‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
.‫ﭘﺮه اي ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻳﺠﺎد اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
In addition to the pressure drop given in
(7.2.5.1.1.d), it is sufficient for most purposes
to assume that the extra pressure drop over the
demister mat is equivalent to 10 mm of liquid.
The vane type inlet does not cause any
significant pressure drop.
‫ﻫ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
e) Demister mat specifications
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬، ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﻞ ﺳﻴﻢ اﻳﺠﺎد‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ و‬0/97 ‫ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ آزاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬350 ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/28 ‫ و‬0/23 ‫و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬0/1 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
The mat shall be made of knitted wire formed
to give the correct shape, and not cut so as to
leave raw edges and loose pieces of wire which
could become detached.
The wire mesh shall have a free volume >
97%, a wire surface area > 350 m²/m³ and a
wire thickness  0.23 mm and  0.28 mm.
The thickness of 0.1 m for the mat is
recommended. The wire mat shall be placed
between two grids and shall be fastened in such
a way that it cannot be compressed when being
mounted.
7.2.5.2.2 Horizontal demister separators
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ‬2-2-5-2-7
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-2-5-2-7 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬Lv ،‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻃﻮل‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬Lv/Dv ،‫ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف‬-‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻤﺎس‬
.‫دو ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﺎر اﺳﺖ‬
Horizontal separators with mist extractors are
sized using the equation presented in 7.2.5.2.1
except that a factor is added for the length, Lv, of
the gas flow path.
Separators can be any length, but the ratio of
tangent to tangent length to the diameter of the
vessel, Lv/Dv, is usually in the range of 2:1 to 4:1,
(Eq. 15)
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
Vc  K
1   g
g
 LV 


 10 
0.56
(15 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2 ‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬K ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎد داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺼﻮرت اﻓﻘﻲ اﺳﺖ و اﮔﺮ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺧﺎص از ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﺑﺎزده ﻛﻤﺘﺮي ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
.‫دو ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻋﻤﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
K values given in Table 2 can be used for
horizontal demister separators.
Note that the preferred orientation of mesh pad in
horizontal separators is in the horizontal plane,
and it is reported to be less efficient when
installed in vertical position. But both designs are
actually used due to specified applications.
24
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
The method presented in the following sections
can be followed as a quick and safe method for
basic design of horizontal demister separators.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫روش اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﻌﻨﻮان روش ﺳﺮﻳﻊ و‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻧﺪازه‬
a) Size
‫( ﺣﺼﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ‬1
1) Horizontal mat
‫ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
.‫و روش اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻓﻮق در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
For sizing a horizontal separator with a
horizontal mat, the equation and method
presented above in this section is
recommended.
‫( ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬2
2) Vertical mat
‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي دارد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬2-‫ز‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
For a horizontal vessel fitted with a vertical
mat, as shown in Fig. G.2 of Appendix G, the
equation bellow can be applied:
(Eq. 16)
Q max
 0.15 m/s
A
(16 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬Qmax ‫ و‬LZA (HH) ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬A :‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where: A is taken above the LZA (HH)
liquid level and Qmax is the process design
value of Q plus a margin, (see 7.2.1).
Horizontal vessels are usually designed to be
between about one third and one half-full of
liquid.
‫ )ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Q ‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫و‬
1
3
‫ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.(1-2-7
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
1
2
‫ب( ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬
b) Nozzles
dn1 ،‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك‬1
1) Feed nozzle, dn1
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﭘﺮه اي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد اﻣﺎ دو ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬dn1 ‫ﺧﻮراك‬
:‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The feed nozzle shall be fitted with a vanetype or another type of inlet device. The
diameter of the nozzle,dn1, may be taken
equal to that of the feed pipe but the
following two criteria shall also be satisfied:
(Eq. 17)
 m.V 2  6000 kg / m.s2
(17 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
(Eq. 18)
 g.V 2g,in  3750 kg / m.s2
(18 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
The length of the vane type inlet nozzle
should be taken equal to approximately 5
times the feed nozzle diameter.
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ‬5 ‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺎزل ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A Typical Vane type inlet device is shown in
Appendix C.
(‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ج‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
dn2 ،‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬2
2) Gas outlet nozzle, dn2
‫ روش ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ را‬1-1-5-2-7 ‫ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.(‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
For the gas outlet nozzle, the same method
applies as for a vertical knock-out drum, (see
7.2.5.1.1).
25
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
dn3 ،‫( ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3
3) Liquid outlet nozzle, dn3
‫ روش ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ را‬1-1-5-2-7 ‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
For the liquid outlet nozzle, the same method
applies as for a vertical knock-out drum, (see
7.2.5.1.1).
‫ج( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
c) Pressure drop
(‫د‬-1-1-5-2-7) ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻓﺮض اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬10 ‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي وﺟﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
In addition to the pressure drop given in
(7.2.5.1.1-d), it should be sufficient for most
purposes to assume that the extra pressure drop
over the demister is equivalent to 10 mm of
liquid. There will be no additional pressure loss
over the vane type inlet device.
‫د( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
d) Demister mat specifications
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬-1-2-5-2-7 ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬NL ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ دارﻧﺪ )از‬1/5 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬0/15
General specifications shall be as given under
(7.2.5.2.1-e). However, it is recommended that
for a vertical mat of height greater than 1.5 m
(from NL to top) the thickness should be
increased to 0.15 m.
‫ﻫ( ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
e) Boots
Boots, if necessary, shall be sized for a
minimum residence time of five minutes as a
guideline, their diameters shall be the same as
the commercial pipe sizes as far as possible.
5 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﺪت اﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬
‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺎوي اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The height-diameter ratio shall be 2:1 to 5:1, it
shall be determined with consideration given to
operability and the minimum sizes of level
instruments and equipment.
‫ و ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮدن و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ادوات‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
Boot diameters shall be 300 mm minimum
because good operability cannot be provided if
the boots are smaller than 300 mm.
300 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
300 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Maximum boot diameters shall be 1/3 of the
drum inside diameter.
7.2.5.3 Separators
extractors
with
vane
type
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬3-5-2-7
mist
‫از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
Vanes differ from wire mesh in that they do not
drain the separated liquid back through the rising
gas stream. Rather, the liquid can be routed into a
downcomer, which carries the fluid directly to the
liquid reservoir. A vertical separator with a typical
vane mist extractor is shown in Fig. D.1 of
Appendix D.The vanes remove fluid from the gas
stream by directing the flow through a torturous
path. A cross-section of a typical vane unit is
shown in Fig D.2 of Appendix D.
‫ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ زﻳﺮا آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز در ﺣﺎل ﺻﻌﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺑﺴﻮي ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ رﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از‬.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬.‫آﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬.‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬1-‫در ﺷﻜﻞ د‬
‫را از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺬراﻧﺪن از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﺧﻢ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ از ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-‫د‬
26
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
Vane type separators generally are considered to
achieve the same separation performance as wire
mesh, with the added advantage that they do not
readily plug and can often be housed in smaller
vessels. Vane type separator designs are
proprietary and are not easily designed with
standard equations. Manufacturers of vane-type
separators should be consulted for detailed
designs of their specific equipment.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎراﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ را اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺪود‬
.‫ دارﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﻇﺮف ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬.‫ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮه اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-7
7.3 Specification Sheet
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﻜﺎت ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي زﻳﺮ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬/‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت)داده ﺑﺮگ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز‬
API ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬.(‫ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬12J
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-ME-150 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
The following process points should be
considered when preparing a specification sheet
(or process data sheet) for a gas/liquid separator
(see also Appendix E of API Specification 12J).
For mechanical specification sheet, reference
should be made to IPS-G-ME-150.
:‫( ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬1
1) Application Service:
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﻣﺎده ً ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
a) Source of Entrainment.
b) Operating Conditions (Normal, minimum,
maximum):
:(‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬-‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-‫ب( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ )ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ دﻣﺎ؛‬‫ ﻓﺸﺎر؛‬-
- Temperature;
- Pressure;
:‫ ﻓﺎز ﺑﺨﺎر‬-
- Vapor Phase:
Flow Rate.
.‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
.(‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ )در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
.‫وزن ﻣﻠﻜﻮﻟﻲ‬
. ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻓﺎز‬
Velocity.
Density (at operating conditions).
Molecular Mass.
Composition or Nature of Phase.
:‫ ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه‬.(‫ﻣﻘﺪار )اﮔﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- Liquid Entrainment Phase:
Quantity (if known).
.‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي‬
.‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
Density.
Viscosity.
Surface Tension.
Composition
Entrainment.
or
Nature
.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي‬
of
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮات ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آﻧﻬﺎ )اﮔﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬
.(‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:(‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﺟﺎﻣﺪات )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ و ﻣﻘﺪار‬
Droplet Sizes or Distribution (if
known).
Solids Content (composition and
quantity):
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬‫ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬-
- Dissolved.
- Suspended.
27
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ج( ﻛﺎراﻳﻲ‬
c) Performance
.‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻞ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-
- Allowable Total Separator Pressure
Drop.
.‫ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻮري‬.‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﻣﺠﺎز‬.‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮري‬.‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮري‬-
- Allowable Mesh Pressure Drop.
- Allowable Entrainment.
- Mesh Thickness Recommended.
- Mesh Type
‫( ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬2
2) Construction and Installation:
a) Vessel
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮف‬
- Diameter (ID), and Length.
.‫( و ﻃﻮل‬ID) ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ‬-
- Position (Horizontal, Vertical, Inclined).
.(‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬-‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ )اﻓﻘﻲ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬-‫ ﺷﻜﻞ )ﮔﺮد‬.(‫ ﻇﺮف و ﻏﻴﺮه‬، ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬-‫ ﻧﻮع )ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-
- Shape (Circular, Square, etc.).
- Type (Evaporator, Still, Drum, etc.).
3) Material of construction (Material Group)
.(‫( ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ )ﮔﺮوه ﻣﻮاد‬3
4) Special Conditions
.‫( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ وﻳﮋه‬4
‫ ﮔﺎز‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬4-7
7.4 Oil/Gas Separators
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-7
7.4.1 General
Oil/gas separators are a certain group of gas/liquid
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز ﻋﻤﺪه ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮوه ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﮔﺎزي ﺑﺮاي‬/‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﭼﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و‬/‫ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم و آب از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﭼﺎه ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬،‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﮔﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮوي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﻣﺎ راﻳﺞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع آﻧﻬﺎ اﻓﻘﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از‬/‫در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
"‫ " ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﮔﺎز‬API, Spec. 12J"
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت وﻳﮋه‬.‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺮﺟﻊ اﺻﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﺑﺨﺶ زﻳﺮ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
separators which are specially used in oil and/or
gas fields, in order to separate gas, crude and
water from a well stream. Oil/gas separators can
be made vertical, horizontal and spherical, but the
most common type used is horizontal. In sizing
oil/gas separators, API, Spec. 12J, "Specification
for Oil Gas Separators", should be used as the
main reference. Some special considerations are
also presented in the following sections
API Spec. 12J ‫ اﺿﺎﻓﺎت ﺑﻪ‬2-4-7
7.4.2 Additions to API Spec. 12J
In addition to API Spec. 12J, the following points
are also recommended in design and selection of
oil/gas separators (see Fig. 1).
‫ ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﺪا‬API Spec 12J ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ‬
.(‫ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﮔﺎز ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
7.4.2.1 Mist eliminator type and installation
point
‫ ﻧﻮع و ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬1-2-4-7
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع‬
a) Type
Dependent on the quality of the crude, either
wire mesh or vane type eliminators could be
used. However, the use of the vane type is
usually preferred due to non plugging aspect.
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‬
‫ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺗﻮرﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮهاي ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﺴﺪود‬
28
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
This becomes a must if waxy crudes are
encountered.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‬.‫ﻧﺸﺪن ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
‫ب( ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
b) Installation point
‫ ﮔﺎز ﻫﻤﺮاه در ﻃﻮل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و در‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ورود ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻟﺬا ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﺎز ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎز‬.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ دور از ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﮔﺎز ﻗﺒﻞ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
.‫ در ﻇﺮف داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﺳﻘﻮط ﻛﺮده اﻧﺪ‬
After entering the separator, the associated gas
travels in a longitudinal plane along the top
half of the separator. Therefore it is
recommended that the gas outlet mist
eliminator be placed at the furthest point away
from the inlet diverter. This allows the gas
maximum residence time in the vessel to
ensure that the majority of the liquid droplets
entrained in the gas are released prior to the
gas outlet from the vessel.
‫ ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي‬2-2-4-7
7.4.2.2 Inlet diverter
An inlet diverter should always be included as this
will break up the bulk of the inlet stream into
smaller particles.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺗﻮده ورودي ﺑﻪ ذرات ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
There are various types available all of which are
used by manufacturers. These types are listed
below:
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺟﻮد‬
:‫ اﻳﻦ اﻧﻮاع در زﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬.‫دارد‬
ً‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي از ﻧﻮع اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬
a) The dished end type inlet diverter directs the
inlet fluid back into the vessel head. This is
used in cases where the inlet nozzle is in the
head of the vessel.
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن )ﺳﻴﺎل( ورودي را ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮداﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎزل ورودي در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
b) The fluid is directed back against the vessel
head by a 90 degree elbowed pipe. This type is
used for gases.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف‬90 ‫ب( ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ زاﻧﻮي‬
c) Presently the most common of all types is
either a vane, angle or pipe type inlet diverter
in a box type arrangement.
‫ ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬، ‫ج( در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﺿﺮ راﻳﺞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
..‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﻳﺎ زاوﻳﻪ دار اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬،‫ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
.‫ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-2-4-7
7.4.2.3 Coalescing packs
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ( داراي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎي‬
‫وﻳﮋه اي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن )در ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز( از آن ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ﻓﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻻﻳﻪ روﻏﻨﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
،‫وﺟﻮد در ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن آب ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﺮ دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Coalescing packs (or pads) have special designs
and are used by some manufacturers (in threephase separators) in order to assist the separation
of liquid phases. These are usually installed in the
oil layer, however in certain instances where
produced water clean up is important, the pack
can be installed across both layers.
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬4-2-4-7
7.4.2.4 Operating levels
As a general rule maximum operating level in a
horizontal crude oil separator should not exceed
50%, and minimum level should not be less than
200 mm.
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ و از‬50 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬200
In certain circumstances however, the maximum
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬
29
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
level can be raised to 60%, i.e., if gas/oil ratio is
particularly low or if in conjunction with a
relatively low gas rate the required liquid removal
efficiency from the gas can be relaxed.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮص اﮔﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز‬،‫ درﺻﺪ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬60
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن‬
.‫ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﮔﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ زﻳﺎد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬200 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﻛﻒ داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ در اﻏﻠﺐ‬،‫ زﻳﺮا ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻮارد اﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
The minimum liquid level of 200 mm from the
bottom inside of the shell cannot practically be
reduced, as it would be very difficult to control, in
most cases this would be the low level shut-down
position.
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬/‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ وﻟﻲ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Alarm/shut-down positions are usually specified
by engineering judgment, but the following
general rules for high and low levels based on
previous operating experience, are recommended:
a) The high liquid level shut-down positions
should not be greater than 70% in any
circumstances, and in addition it should not be
more than 100 mm lower than the inlet nozzle.
‫اﻟﻒ( در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
b) The low liquid level shut-down position
cannot be less than 200 mm above the bottom
inside wall of the separator shell due to
practical control installation problems.
‫ب( در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬70 ‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از‬100 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
. ‫ﻧﺎزل ورودي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬200 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻛﻒ دﻳﻮاره داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻋﻤﻠﻲ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ ﻫﺎ‬5-2-4-7
7.4.2.5 Vortex breakers
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﻧﺎزل آب و ﻧﻔﺖ در ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎزي ﻧﺼﺐ‬، (‫ ﻓﺎز‬2)
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Vortex breakers should always be installed on
liquid outlet nozzle (2 phase), or water and oil
nozzle in the case of 3 phase separators.
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻇﺮف ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎزي‬6-2-4-7
7.4.2.6 Three-Phase vessel weir plates
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ و آب را ﺑﻪ دو ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
. ‫اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار آب‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻻزم ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻲ رود ﻣﻴﺰان آب اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
150 ‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬/‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ( ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك آب‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬300 ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع آﻧﻬﺎ از ﻛﻒ داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ از‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The weir plate is a device which separates oil and
water into two compartments.
Weir plates can be either fixed or adjustable.
Fixed weir plates should be used in cases where
the water content is constant. Adjustable weir
plates are required when the water content is
expected to increase.
Generally, the weir plate should always be 150
mm (minimum) above the oil/water interface. It
can vary in height from the bottom inside shell
wall to the top of the plate from 300 mm to the
mid point of the vessel.
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺿﺪ ﻣﻮج‬7-2-4-7
7.4.2.7 Anti wave baffles
‫در ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎزي ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺖ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ‬/‫آﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك آب‬
‫ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ ﻣﻮج ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺳﻮراخ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻮج ﺷﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮده و‬
In large volume 3 phase separators it is sometimes
necessary to install an anti wave baffle(s) to
eliminate disturbances of oil/water interface. This
is a partial cross sectional area plate with punched
holes which act as a wave breaker while still
30
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
letting liquid pass through (see Fig. 1).
8.
CENTRIFUGAL
SEPARATORS
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫اﺟﺎزه ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﮔﺎز‬-8
GAS/LIQUID
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.1 General
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ از ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا‬
.‫ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎ داﻧﺴﺘﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻓﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺘﻨﻮع ﻧﻮع‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ در اﻧﻮاع ﺛﺎﺑﺖ و ﭼﺮﺧﺎن ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪا‬.‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻧﻮع دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع زﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Centrifugal separators utilize centrifugal action for
the separation of materials of different densities
and phases. They are built in stationary and rotary
types. Various modifications of stationary units
are used more than any other kind. Centrifugal
separators are generally divided into three types:
.‫( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬1
1) Stationary Vane Separators.
.‫( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬2
2) Cyclone Separators.
.‫( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬3
3) Inertial Centrifugal Separators.
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬3 ‫ﺑﺎزده ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺴﺘﺮده از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬
.‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
The efficiency of each of three types can be
estimated using Table 3. Because of wide usage of
cyclone separators for separation of liquid
entrainment from gas streams, this type is
discussed in the following sections.
TABLE 3 –EFFICIENCY OF GAS/LIQUID SEPARATORS
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺑﺎزده ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
24
TYPE
‫ﻧﻮع‬
25
High velocity stationary vanes
‫ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Cyclone separator
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
EFFICIENCY RANGE
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺑﺎزده‬
99% or higher of entering liquid. Residual entrainment 1
mg/kg (ppm) or less.
‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬1 mg/kg ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﻫﻤﺮاه‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ورودي‬%99
70-85% for 10 micrometers, 99% for 40 micrometers, and
larger. For high entrainment, efficiency increases with
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬40 ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬%99 ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ و‬10 ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬85-70
concentration.
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎزده ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
Rotary
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬
٩٨% for agglomerating particles
‫ ﺑﺮاي ذرات ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ‬%98
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬2-8
8.2 Cyclone Separators
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-8
8.2.1 General
‫واﺣﺪ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ داراي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﻮع وﺳﻴﻊ از ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺗﺎ ﻏﺒﺎرات ﻛﻮره آﺟﺮﭘﺰي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ در اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ ﮔﺎز ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫و ذرات ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ واﺣﺪ وارد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺳﭙﺲ ذرات ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ را در‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ روي دﻳﻮاره روﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪن ﺑﺮوي دﻳﻮاره دارﻧﺪ در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ذرات‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ اي ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﻲ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ داده‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻛﺮدن دﻳﻮاره‬
The cyclone type unit is well recognized and
accepted in a wide variety of applications from
steam condensate to dusts from kilns. In this unit
the carrier gas and suspended particles enter
tangentially or volutely into a cylindrical or
conical body section of the unit, then spiral
downward forcing the heavier suspended matter
against the walls.
Solids tend to slide down the wall while liquid
31
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
particles wet the wall, form a running film and are
removed at the bottom.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫و در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( در‬1-‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺼﻮص در‬
.‫ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ذرات ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت‬
Units shown in Fig. E.1 of Appendix E, have been
used in many process applications specially in
liquid entrainment separation, with a variety of
modifications.
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-2-8
8.2.2 Design Criteria
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬، ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎدادن دو ﻣﻮرد داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ و ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن آن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
The design incorporates two special internals, the
bottom plate with vortex spoilers, and the
cylindrical baffle at the top of the cyclone.
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ‬1-2-2-8
8.2.2.1 Diameter
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد راﺑﻄﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ورودي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The diameter of the cyclone should be related to
the size of the inlet, as follows:
1/ 3
 Qg .( 1   g ) 
TYPE I a  7  10 5 

g


(Eq. 19)
٣
a  0.13  g .Qg
1/ 4
(Eq. 20)
1/ 2
(19 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
(20 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫" ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه از دو ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬a" ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻣﻲ آﻳﺪ‬
"a", should be taken as the larger of the values
calculated from the above two equations. The
diameter is then given by:
(Eq. 21)
I ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Dv = 2.8 a
(21 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
1/ 3
(Eq. 22)
TYPE II
(Eq. 23)
 Q .(    g ) 
d1  7  10  g 1

g


1/ 4
1/ 2
d1  0.15  g .Qg
5
(22 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
(23 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه از دو ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬d1،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
:‫ ﻗﻄﺮ از راﺑﻄﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
d1, should be taken as the larger of the values
calculated from the above two equations. The
diameter is then given by:
(Eq. 24)
II ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Dv = 3.5 d1
(24 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where:
a, Dv and d1
are, in meters;
Qg
is, in m³/s;
 1 and  g
are, in kg/m³;
µg is,
in cP (m Pa s).
‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ؛‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬m³/s ‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫؛‬kg/m³ ‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬
.(m Pa s) CP ‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬
d1 ‫ و‬Dv ‫ و‬a
Qg
1‫ و‬g
µg
‫و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻧﺎزل ورودي از‬
. ‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬1 m/s
The superficial liquid velocity in the inlet nozzle
should not exceed 1 m/s.
8.2.2.2 Height
The following applies to both Type I and II:
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬2-2-2-8
:‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬II ‫ و‬I ‫رواﺑﻂ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﻮع روش‬
32
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
(Eq. 25)
When
M1
1
Mg
(Eq. 26)
When
M1
= 1 to 0.1
Mg
(Eq. 27)
(Eq. 28)
When
take
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
HC
= 0.5 to 0.7
DV
take
(25 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
HC
. = 0.7 to 1.2
DV
(26 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
HC
H
= 0.1 to 0.01 take C = 1.2 to 1.7
DV
DV
When
HC
= 0.1 to 0.001
DV
take
(27 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
HC
= 1.7 to 2.2
DV
(28 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ وﮔﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬Mg ‫ و‬M1
.‫ اﺳﺖ‬kg/s ‫واﺣﺪﺷﺎن‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ و اﻧﺪازه ﻓﻀﺎي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮي در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻧﺪارد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬7.2.4.2)
.‫از اﻫﻤﻴﺖ زﻳﺎدي ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار اﺳﺖ‬
M1 and Mg denote the mass flow rates of liquid
and gas, respectively in kg/s.
The shape and size of the space below the bottom
plate has no effect on the working of the cyclone
and shall be determined in connection with liquid
hold-up requirements (7.2.4.2). It is important that
any liquid level shall always be kept below the
bottom plate.
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬3-2-2-8
8.2.2.3 Nozzles
Flow area of the gas outlet should be taken to be
equal to that of the inlet, as shown in Fig. E.1 of
Appendix E.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ورودي آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-‫ﻫ‬
The liquid drain shall be sized so that the velocity
in it does not exceed 1 m/s but should preferably
be lower. A vortex breaker shall be used as
indicated in Appendix E.
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ وﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ‬1 ‫در آن از‬
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮج ﺷﻜﻦ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻃﻮر ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬4-2-2-8
8.2.2.4 Pressure drop
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬، ‫اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻴﻦ ورودي‬
:‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
Pressure differentials between inlet, vapor outlet
and liquid drain are as follows:
(Eq. 29)
Pin - Pout = X.  g. V2g,in kPa
(29 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
(Eq. 30)
Pin - Pdrain = y.  g. V2g,in kPa
(30 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
Where:
g
26
is in kg/m3 and Vg,in in m/s
m/s ‫ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬Vg ‫ و‬kg/m3 ‫ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬ g
For Type I : X = 0.015 and Y = 0.005
For Type II : X = 0.10 and Y = 0.003
8.2.2.5 Liquid drain sealing
For satisfactory operation of any cyclone it is
essential that the liquid drain will be sealed, i.e.,
there shall be no flow of vapors in either direction
in the drain.
X = 0.015 and Y = 0.005
I ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع‬
X = 0.10 and Y = 0.003
II ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬5-2-2-8
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺨﺎراﺗﻲ از‬.‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻤﺖ آن ﺧﺎرج ﻧﺸﻮد‬
33
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺪ از اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬،‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ‬.‫ﻇﺮف درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻓﺸﺎري ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﺎﻧﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ‬،‫زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ رود‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪﻳﺪي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Liquid from the cyclone will sometimes be
drained via a dip leg to a receiving vessel. In such
cases it is essential that a pressure balance shall be
calculated to ensure that the liquid level always
remains below the bottom plate. If the level rises
above this plate, severe entrainment will result.
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻛﻒ زا‬6-2-2-8
8.2.2.6 Foaming service
‫" ﺑﻴﻦ دﻳﻮاره و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬s" ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ زا ﻋﺮض ﺷﻜﺎف‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي اﻓﺰﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
For foaming systems the width of split between
the bottom plate and the wall "s" should be
increased such that
(Eq. 31)
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
S
= 0.05
DS
(31 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
20 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺮض ﺷﻜﺎف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻒ زا‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A minimum width of split of 20 mm is
recommended in foaming service.
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬3-2-8
8.2.3 Multi-Cyclone separators
2-‫ﻃﺮح ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ادﻋﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه داراي ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ در ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬5 ‫ﺗﻤﺎم ذرات ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز – ﺟﺎﻣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
Scketch of a multi-cyclone separator is shown in
Fig. E.2 of Appendix E. This type of centrifugal
separator is a high efficiency one which is claimed
by manufacturers to be capable of remove almost
all liquid droplets of 5 micrometer diameter and
larger. This type can also be used in gas-solid
separation services.
‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬4-2-8
8.2.4 Specification sheet
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت )ﻳﺎ داده‬
‫ﺑﺮگ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ( ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The following points should be considered when
preparing a spec. sheet (or process data sheet) for
a cyclone separator in liquid entrainment
separation service.
1) Application: (service application of unit
should be described if possible).
‫ )اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از واﺣﺪ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮح‬:‫( ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1
.(‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
2) Fluid Stream.
.‫( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻴﺎل‬2
3) Fluid Composition (vol%).
.(‫( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺎل )درﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬3
4) Entrained Particles:
:‫( ذرات ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه‬4
.(‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺪازه)ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺶ‬
a) Size Range (micrometers or mesh).
.‫ب( اﻧﺪازه درﺻﺪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
b) Size percentage distribution.
c) True Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of
Particle, referred to water = 1.0.
‫ج( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ)ﺟﺮم ﻣﺨﺼﻮص( ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ذره ﺑﺮاي‬
d) Source of Entrainment, (boiling liquid,
etc.).
.(‫د( ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﻣﺎده ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه )ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻮﺷﺎن و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.1=‫آب‬
e) Composition.
.‫ﻫ( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
:(‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﻋﺎدي‬،‫( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ)ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬5
5) Operating Conditions, (minimum, maximum
and Normal):
34
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
a) Gas Flow Rate.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
b) Entrained Flow Rate.
. ‫ب( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
c) Temperature, (°C).
.(‫)درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬،‫ج( دﻣﺎ‬
d) Pressure, (kPa).
.(‫ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬،‫د( ﻓﺸﺎر‬
e) Moisture Content.
‫ﻫ( ﻣﻘﺪار رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
f) Dew Point, (°C).
.(‫)درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬،‫و( ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬
: ‫( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻧﺼﺐ‬6
6) Installation Altitude:
.(‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﺎدي )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻴﻮه‬
a) Normal Barometer, (mm Hg).
:‫( ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺷﺪه‬7
7) Nature of Entrained Liquid:
a) Description, (Oily, Corrosive, etc.).
.(‫ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه و ﻏﻴﺮه‬، ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ )روﻏﻨﻲ‬
b) Surface Tension at Operating Conditions.
.‫ب( ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
.‫ج( ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
c) Viscosity at Operating Conditions.
.‫( ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺎري ﻻزم و ﻋﻠﺖ آن‬8
8) Insulation Required and Reason.
:‫( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬9
9) Construction Features:
a) Storage Required for Collected Liquid,
(hours).
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺠﻢ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
b) Preliminary Size of the Inlet Connection:
(mm).
.(‫ب( اﻧﺪازه اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ورودي)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
.(‫)ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
.(‫( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ وﻳﮋه )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬10
10) Special Conditions (if any).
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬-9
9. FLARE KNOCK-OUT DRUMS
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.1 General
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬،‫ﻛﻪ در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻄﺮاﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﻲ‬600 ‫ و‬300 ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻗﻄﺮات‬،‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز ﻣﺸﻌﻞ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻤﮕﻴﺮ در ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ زﻳﺎد ﺿﺮوري‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ در ﭼﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬.‫ﻋﺎدي ﻇﺮف ﺷﻮد‬
‫از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از‬
.‫ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻇﺮف ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺰرگ‬
Flare KO drums are one type of gas/liquid
separators which are used specifically for
separation of liquids carried with gas streams
flowing to the flares in oil, gas and petrochemical
(OGP) plants.
The main difference between Flare K.O drums
and other conventional gas/liquid separators lies
in the size of the droplets to be separated, i.e.,
separation of 300, 600 micron (µm) droplets,
fulfills the requirements of flare gas
disengagement. Therefore usage of mist
eliminating device is not usually necessary in
Flare K.O drums except for cases where the
results of calculations lead to an abnormally large
drum size. In such cases, application of vane type
or multicyclone separators may help to avoid
employing an extremely large drum.
35
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-9
9.2 Design Criteria
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻪ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-PR-460 "‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
For detail sizing procedure, refer to "Engineering
Standard for Process Design of Flare and
Blowdown Systems", IPS-E-PR-460.
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎز‬-10
10. GAS/LIQUID FILTER SEPARATORS
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.1 General
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً "ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬/‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از‬،(‫ﮔﺎز" ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫دار ﮔﺎز داراي ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬
‫ اﻣﺎ داراي ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ وﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎزي ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬. ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ در ﻫﺰار‬70 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30 ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ)ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد( را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺼﻮرت اﻓﻘﻲ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
،(.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫وﻟﻲ درﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ در ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ دﻳﺪه‬3 ‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
Gas/Liquid filter separator (usually called "gas
filter separator"), is used in separation of liquid
and solid particles from gas stream. Gas filter
separator has a higher separation efficiency than
the centrifugal separator, but it uses filter elements
which must periodically be replaced. Gas filter
separator cannot handle more than small
quantities of liquid (greater than 30 to 170 liters
per 1000 Standard m³).
This type of separator is usually made horizontal
with a lower liquid barrel (see Fig. 2), but vertical
type, specially when space saving is important, is
offered by manufacturers (see Fig. 3).
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ‬1-1-10
10.1.1 Applications
:‫اﻧﻮاع ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎز ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
Typical applications of gas filter separators are as
follows:
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آزاد و ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪات‬
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر در ورودي ﻫﺎي‬‫ ﺷﻦ و رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬،‫ آب‬،‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻫﻴﺪرو ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻬﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي‬
- Compressor stations to protect compressors
from free liquid and prevent cylinder wear
from solids.
- Metering and pressure reduction stations at
city gates: to remove liquid hydrocarbons,
water, sand and pipe scale.
- Protection of desiccant beds and collection of
dust carry-over from beds.
‫ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﮔﺮد و‬‫ﻏﺒﺎر ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود‬: ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز‬‫ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬، ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬف ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
- Gas storage systems: to prevent injection or
withdrawal of solids, dust, and small amounts
of liquids.
- Fuel lines to power plants and engines.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوﮔﺎه ﻫﺎ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻫﺎ‬.‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬-
- Etc.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺣﺎوي ﻣﻮم و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
This type of separator shall not be used on a
stream carrying wax or a congealing liquid,
otherwise, filter elements will plug.
36
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
‫ورودي‬
18
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
Fig. 2-SKETCH OF HORIZONTAL GAS FILTER SEPARATOR
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار اﻓﻘﻲ ﮔﺎز‬-2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
19
Fig. 3-SKETCH OF VERTICAL GAS FILTER SEPARATOR
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﻋﻤﻮدي ﮔﺎز‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
37
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬2-1-10
10.1.2 Operation
‫ اﺻﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬1-2-1-10
10.1.2.1 Operating principles
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﮔﺎز از ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬2 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ از‬،‫وارد ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه و ذارات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮات از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ذرات ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺶ دوم ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﻬﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه و از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
As it is shown in Fig. 2, gas enters the inlet nozzle
and passes through the filter section where solid
particles are filtered from the gas stream and
liquid particles are coalesced into larger droplets.
These droplets pass through the tube and are
entrained into the second section of the separator,
where a final mist extraction element removes
these coalesced droplets from the gas stream.
‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬2-2-1-10
10.1.2.2 Filter elements
،(‫از راﻳﺞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ و ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ )ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ذرات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
The most common and efficient filter element
(agglomorator) is composed of a fiber glass
tubular filter pack which is capable of holding the
liquid particles through submicron sizes.
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﺮه‬3-2-1-10
10.1.2.3 Mist elimination
‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﺮه از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻛﻪ در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺮارت اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي‬/‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻴﺰ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
.(‫ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬2-5-2-7 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
Mist elimination from gas stream is performed in
the liquid compartment of the filter using a wire
mesh or vane type mist extractor installed in the
gas outlet. Rules presented in the previous
sections of this Standard for demister gas/liquid
separators govern here (see 7.2.5.2).
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬4-2-1-10
10.1.2.4 Liquid removal
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت آزاد در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار اﻓﻘﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ‬،‫ورودي وﺟﻮد دارد‬
،‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت آزاد را ﺟﻤﻊ آوري و دﻓﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫اﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻤﻊ آوري دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ در‬30 ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ( ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي داﺷﺘﻦ‬1000
‫ اﮔﺮ‬. ‫ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺎﻳﻊ زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ از ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي دﻓﻊ ذرات‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
For heavy liquid loads, or where free liquids are
contained in the inlet stream, a horizontal filter
separator with a liquid sump, which collects and
dumps the inlet free-liquids is often preferred. In
such cases, another sump drum for the separated
liquid in the demister compartment should also be
prepared.
When the liquid quantity is guaranteed to be small
(less than 30 liters/1000 cm³), there is an
economic saving to be made by having a lower
barrel in the demister or vane compartment only.
If the liquid quantity is large, then it is required to
dump liquid from the first compartment too.
Vertical vessels should only be used for the
removal of solid particles with very small traces
of liquid present.
10.1.3 Efficiency
The efficiency of a filter separator largely depends
on the proper design of the filter pack, i.e., a
minimum pressure drop while retaining an
‫ ﺑﺎزده‬3-1-10
‫ﺑﺎزده ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ‬،‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
38
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
acceptable extraction efficiency.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬
‫ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ از‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻼً دﻓﻊ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬8 ‫ درﺻﺪي ذرات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬100
98 ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ و دﻓﻊ‬3 ‫ درﺻﺪ دﻓﻊ ذرات ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‬99/5
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬1 ‫درﺻﺪي ذرات )ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮات( ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎراﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر دﺷﻮار‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
Regarding the filtration capability, various
guarantees are available from filter separator
manufacturers, among them, ability of a filter to
remove 100 percent of 8 micron and larger liquid
droplets or solid particles, 99.5 percent of 3
micron and larger and 98 percent of droplets (or
particles) larger than 1 micron is recommended to
be specified.
However, note that guarantees for the
performance of separators and filters are very
difficult to verify in the field.
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-10
10.2 Design Criteria
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﺧﺎص و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺸﻮرت ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The design of filter separators is proprietary and a
manufacturer should be consulted for specific size
and recommendations. However, the following
points may be useful in basic process design stage.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻇﺮف‬1-2-10
10.2.1 Vessel size
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ در ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬K ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬0/4 ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان از ﻣﻘﺪار‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﺪد ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬1-2-5-2-7
‫واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن آب را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي و ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي دﻓﻊ آب ﺑﻪ‬.(‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي دﻓﻊ‬
.‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻬﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫در ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻣﻮارد اﻧﺪازه ﻇﺮف ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺻﺎف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻧﻪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻗﻄﺮه‬
The body size of a horizontal filter separator for a
typical application can be estimated by using 0.4
for the value of K in the equation of Section
7.2.5.2.1. This provides an approximate body
diameter for a unit designed to remove water
(other variables such as viscosity and surface
tension enter into the actual size determination).
Units designed for water will be smaller than units
sized to remove light hydrocarbons.
In many cases the vessel size will be determined
by the filtration section rather than the mist
extraction section.
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬2-2-10
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮات ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﻌﻘﺎد ذرات رﻳﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺬف‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺮوج از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ و ورود ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﻪ ذرات ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻣﻴﺎن ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه اي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد زﻳﺮا اﻳﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬
.‫دارد‬
10.2.2 Filter section
The filter cartridges coalesce the liquid mist into
droplets which can be easily removed by the mist
extractor section. A design consideration
commonly overlooked is the velocity out of these
filter tubes into the mist extraction section. If the
velocity is too high, the droplets will be sheared
back into a fine mist that will pass through the
extractor element. No published data can be cited
since this information is proprietary with each
filter separator manufacturer.
The approximate filter surface area for gas filters
can be estimated from Fig. 4. The figure is based
on applications such as molecular sieve
dehydrator outlet gas filters. For dirty gas service
4 ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي از ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬.‫ﮔﺎز ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻧﻢ زداي ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
39
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
the estimated area should be increased by a factor
of two or three.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬3 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬2 ‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
.‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬Kpa 1000 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ‬
Fig. 4-APPROXIMATE GAS FILTER CAPACITY
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
 Df Lf :‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
Area of a Filter Element is:  Df Lf
:‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
 Df Lf ‫)ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ( ﺿﺮﺑﺪر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ و ﻃﻮل آن‬Lf ‫ و‬Df ‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‬
Filter Surface Area is:
(No. of Elements) ×  Df Lf
Where Df Lf are the Filter Element outside
diameter and length respectively.
‫ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-2-10
10.2.3 Pressure drop
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬15 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬7 ‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺑﺎزه‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل در‬7 ً‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﺎدي اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ زﻳﺎدي‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن و ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬70 ‫در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻈﻢ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮاي ﻣﭽﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﺪن در‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﻣﺎ‬350 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬250 ‫اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬170 ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه‬
A pressure drop of 7-15 kPa is normal in a clean
filter separator, but 7 kPa is often recommended to
be specified in specification sheets. If Excessive
solid and particles are present, it may be necessary
to clean or replace the filters at regular intervals
when a pressure drop in excess of 70 kPa is
observed.
Although the filter coalescing elements are
usually designed for a collapsing pressure of 250
to 350 kPa, as a rule, 170 kPa is recommended as
40
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
a maximum for allowable differential pressure.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
.‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-10
10.3 Specification Sheet
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا‬
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ در‬،‫ آﻣﺪ‬3-7 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ‬/ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز‬
:‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﮔﺎز ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
In addition to the information necessary for a
demister gas/liquid separator, which was
mentioned in Section 7.3, the following data
should also be written in the specification sheet of
a gas filter separator:
.‫( ﺳﻴﺎل ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه‬1
1) Fluid Filtered.
2) Molecular Mass of Gas and Liquid Density,
in kg/m³.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬، ‫( وزن ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﮔﺎز و ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬2
3) Gas Flow Rate, (Range at expected
pressures), in m³/day.
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬، (‫( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز )در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬3
.‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
.‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ روز‬
4) Turn Down Requirements.
.‫( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬4
5) Temperature Range, in °C.
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬،‫( ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬5
6) Normal Liquid Rate, in m³/day.
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ روز‬،‫( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻋﺎدي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬6
7) Expected Liquid Slug Size.
.‫( اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬7
8) Expected Solid Content.
.‫( ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬8
9) Other Contaminants.
.‫( ﺳﺎﻳﺮ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻫﺎ‬9
41
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
APPENDICES
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
Gravity Settling of spheres in still Fluid
Particle
General
Diameter Classification
Microns
Common methods
of measuring
particle size
Commercial
Equipment for
collection or Removal
of Particles from a Gas
Spheres of
unit density
in Air
Diameter,
Microns
Spheres of Any
density in Any
Fluid
Laws of settling
Reynolds Number
Critical Particle Diameter above which
law will net apply
NRe
Newton’s Law
C = 0.44
Kcr = 2,360 for Newton’s Law
Kcr = 43.5 for
Intermediate Law
Kcr = 33 for Stokes’ Law
Fig. A.1-GRAVITY SETTLING LAWS AND PARTICLE CHARACTERISTICS
‫ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ و وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ذرات‬1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‬
42
‫ﺩﻱ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ‬
‫‪APPENDIX B‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL GAS-LIQUID‬‬
‫‪SEPARATORS‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺏ ﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪B- Gravity Settling‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪-‬ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩ‪-‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺏ(ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪c) Spherical‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫‪Fig. B.1-TYPICAL GAS/LIQUID SEPARATORS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺏ‪ 1-‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ /‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪43‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
8
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
APPENDIX C
‫ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬
A-A ‫ﺑﺮش‬
Fig. C.1-TYPICAL VANE TYPE FEED INLET MOUNTED IN A VERTICAL VESSEL
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ورودي ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﺧﻮراك ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮدي‬1 -‫ﺷﻜﻞ ج‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
.‫ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ از ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
Supports omitted in top view.
44
‫دي ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
‫‪APPENDIX D‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪VANE TYPE MIST EXTRACTOR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي‬
‫از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ورودي دو ﻓﺎزي‬
‫‪Down comer‬‬
‫ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪Fig. D.1-EXAMPLE VERTICAL SEPARATOR WITH VANE TYPE MIST EXTRACTOR‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ د‪ 1-‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫دي ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. D.2-CROSS SECTION OF EXAMPLE VANE ELEMENT MIST EXTRACTOR SHOWING‬‬
‫‪CORRUGATED PLATES WITH LIQUID DRAINAGE TRAPS‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ د‪ 2-‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻮج دار ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫دي ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬
‫‪APPENDIX E‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ و ﻃﺮح ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪TYPICAL CYCLONE SEPARATORS AND‬‬
‫‪SKETCH OF MULTI-CYCLONE‬‬
‫‪SEPARATOR AND A CONICAL CYCLONE‬‬
‫‪SEPARATOR‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ و ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺮداب‬
‫ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪n 2 2‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬
‫‪4 d2‬‬
‫‪d3= d1‬‬
‫‪D  =35 d7‬‬
‫‪D  =25d1‬‬
‫)‪d3= 0.5 (D  ,d2‬‬
‫)‪D3= 0.5(D  , d2‬‬
‫)‪s= 0.025 D  (min.10mm‬‬
‫)‪S = 0.025 D  (min.10 mm‬‬
‫) ‪R= 0.5(D ‬‬
‫‪Fig. E.1-TYPICAL CYCLONE SEPARATORS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ه‪ 1-‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي از ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫دي ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪(2‬‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ورودي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫"ﺟﺎﻣﺪات"‬
‫‪Fig. E.2-SKETCH OF MULTI-CYCLONE SEPARATOR‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ ‪ 2-‬ﻃﺮح ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫دي ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-E-PR-880(1‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﺗﻤﻴﺰﺗﺮ‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﻛﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺟﺎﻣﺪات‬
‫‪Fig. E.3-SKETCH OF CONICAL CYCLONE SEPARATOR‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ‪-3-‬ﻃﺮح ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫‪49‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و‬
APPENDIX F
Fig. F.1-TYPES OF MECHANICAL SEPARATORS
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬-1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‬
50
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
15
APPENDIX G
22
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز‬
Fig. G.1-LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL TERMS
‫ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ ز‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اي ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪا‬.‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺟﻮش ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰي اﺗﺼﺎل و‬150 ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻇﺮف‬
For welding purposes a minimum distance is
required between the lower level tappings and the
weld of the vessel head. For separator design it
will normally be sufficient to assure a distance of
150 mm from centre line of the level tapping to
the vessel tangent line.
51
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
Fig. G.2-HORIZONTAL DEMISTER VESSEL WITH VERTICAL MAT AND VANE TYPE INLET
DEVICE
‫ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮه اي‬-2-‫ﺷﻜﻞ ز‬
:‫ﻳﺎد آوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
‫ دﻳﺪه‬2-4-2-7 ‫( ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ) ﺑﻨﺪ‬1
1)The liquid hold-up volume is determined by
other considerations (see 7.2.4.2). The design
method involves trial and error:
‫ روش ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪس و ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮد( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Lv and Dv fixed, and a fractional filling chosen to
satisfy liquid hold-up requirements. It will then be
necessary to check that Qmax/A does not exceed
0.15 m/s. A starting value for the ratio Lv/Dv of
3.0 is suggested; values of 2.5 to 6.0 for this ratio
are normal.
‫ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻛﺴﺮي از ﭘﺮﺷﺪن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬Dv ‫ و‬Lv
‫ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬.‫ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬0/15 m/s ‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از‬Qmax/A
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬.‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬3/0 ‫ ﻋﺪد اوﻟﻴﻪ‬Lv/Dv ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺘﺪاول ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬6/0 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2/5
2) The vertical demister mat shall extend from the
top of the vessel to 0.1 m below the LZA (LL)
level. The area between the mat and the bottom of
the vessel shall be left substantially open, to allow
free passage of liquid.
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ‬0/1 ‫( ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺎ‬2
‫ در واﻗﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﺮ و ﻛﻒ‬.‫)ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ( اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬LZA
.‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺒﻮر آزاد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Legend for Fig. G.1 and Fig. G.2
H
=
High.
HH
=
Very High.
L
=
Low.
2-‫ و ح‬1-‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺷﻜﻞ ح‬
52
‫= ﺑﺎﻻ‬
H
‫= ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
HH
‫= ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
L
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫دي‬
LL
=
Very Low.
LA
=
Level Alarm.
LG
=
Level Gage.
LT
=
Level Transmitter.
LCA
=
Level Controller, Alarm Action.
LZA
=
Level Controller, Trip Action.
NL
=
Normal Level.
IPS-E-PR-880(1)
‫= ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
LL
‫= ﻫﺸﺪار ﺳﻄﺢ‬
LA
‫= ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ‬
LG
‫= اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬
LT
‫ اﻗﺪام ﻫﺸﺪار‬،‫ = ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬LCA
53
‫ اﻗﺪام ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫= ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬
LZA
‫= ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬
NL